1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
57 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
71 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
72 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
73 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
74 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
75 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
76 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
77 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
85 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
103 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
104 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
125 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
126 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
127 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
128 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
129 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
137 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
153 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
154 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
155 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
156 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
157 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
181 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
189 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
200 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
205 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
208 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h
& 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
225 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
226 unsigned long h
= 5381;
229 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
230 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
231 return h
& 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
242 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
243 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
246 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
255 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
271 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
275 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
277 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
278 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
281 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
282 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
286 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
305 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
308 return (char *) shstrtab
;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
313 unsigned int shindex
,
314 unsigned int strindex
)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
324 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
326 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
330 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
332 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
336 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
342 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
364 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
384 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
390 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
391 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
392 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
393 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
394 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
396 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
397 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
399 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
407 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
411 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
412 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
413 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
415 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
417 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
419 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
428 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
430 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
432 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
433 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
439 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
440 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
442 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
443 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
445 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
449 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
456 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
458 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
459 free (alloc_extshndx
);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
472 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
473 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
475 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
479 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
480 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
483 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
486 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
487 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
508 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
516 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
517 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
524 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
535 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
564 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
580 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
587 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
595 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
596 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
607 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
619 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
626 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
627 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
630 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
631 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
641 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
648 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
655 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
656 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
669 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
671 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
680 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
686 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
689 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
718 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
719 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
726 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
735 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
736 bed
->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
744 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
746 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
747 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
773 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
774 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
778 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
779 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
780 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
798 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
824 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
827 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
831 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
832 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
833 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
839 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
847 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
848 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
849 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
850 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
851 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
852 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
855 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
859 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
860 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
862 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
864 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
867 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
868 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
869 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
871 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
874 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
875 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
876 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
877 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
879 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
887 } debug_sections
[] =
889 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
890 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
891 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
892 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
893 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
894 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
895 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
896 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
897 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
898 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
899 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
900 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
901 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
902 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
903 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
904 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
905 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 't' */
906 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'u' */
907 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'v' */
908 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'w' */
909 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'x' */
910 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'y' */
911 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
916 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
918 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
919 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
920 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
921 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
922 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
926 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
927 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
928 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
929 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
930 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
931 all but one of the sections. */
932 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
933 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
934 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
936 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
937 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
938 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
941 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
944 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
945 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
946 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
947 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
951 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
954 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
958 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
960 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
961 unsigned int i
, nload
;
963 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
964 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
965 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
966 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
967 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
968 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
969 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
971 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
973 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
976 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
977 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
979 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
980 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
982 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
983 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
984 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
986 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
987 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
988 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
989 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
990 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
991 segment will contain sections with contiguous
992 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
993 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
994 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
996 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
997 offsets whether a section with zero size should
998 be placed at the end of one segment or the
999 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1000 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1001 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1002 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1008 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1009 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1010 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1011 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1012 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1014 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1017 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1019 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1020 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1021 action
= decompress
;
1025 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1026 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
))
1036 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1038 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1039 (_("%B: unable to initialize commpress status for section %s"),
1045 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1047 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1048 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1052 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1056 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1058 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1059 (_("%B: unable to initialize decommpress status for section %s"),
1065 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1067 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1068 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1071 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1075 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1076 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1082 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1083 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1084 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1085 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1088 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1089 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1090 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1091 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1092 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1093 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1094 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1095 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1096 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1098 bfd_reloc_status_type
1099 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1100 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1102 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1103 asection
*input_section
,
1105 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1107 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1108 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1109 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1110 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1112 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1113 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1116 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1119 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1123 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1125 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1126 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1129 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1130 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1131 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1133 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1134 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1135 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1137 /* Copy object attributes. */
1138 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1143 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1148 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1149 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1150 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1151 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1152 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1153 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1154 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1155 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1156 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1157 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1158 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1159 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1164 /* Print out the program headers. */
1167 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1169 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1170 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1172 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1174 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1179 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1180 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1181 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1183 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1188 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1191 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1192 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1193 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1195 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1197 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1198 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1199 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1200 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1201 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1202 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1203 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1204 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1205 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1206 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1207 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1212 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1215 unsigned int elfsec
;
1216 unsigned long shlink
;
1217 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1219 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1221 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1223 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1226 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1227 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1229 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1231 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1232 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1235 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1236 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1238 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1239 const char *name
= "";
1241 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1242 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1244 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1246 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1253 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1254 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1256 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1258 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1263 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1264 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1265 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1266 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1267 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1268 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1269 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1270 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1271 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1272 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1273 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1274 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1275 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1276 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1277 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1278 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1279 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1280 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1281 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1282 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1283 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1284 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1285 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1286 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1287 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1288 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1289 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1290 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1291 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1292 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1293 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1294 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1295 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1296 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1298 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1299 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1300 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1301 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1302 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1303 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1304 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1305 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1306 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1307 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1308 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1309 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1310 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1311 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1312 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1313 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1314 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1315 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1316 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1317 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1318 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1319 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1320 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1323 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1327 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1332 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1334 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1337 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1346 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1347 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1349 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1353 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1355 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1357 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1358 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1360 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1361 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1362 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1363 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1365 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1368 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1372 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1378 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1380 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1382 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1383 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1385 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1387 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1388 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1389 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1390 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1391 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1392 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1404 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1407 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1410 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1412 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1415 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1416 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1418 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1419 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1420 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1421 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1423 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1425 const char *section_name
;
1426 const char *name
= NULL
;
1427 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1428 unsigned char st_other
;
1431 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1433 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1434 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1435 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1439 name
= symbol
->name
;
1440 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1443 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1444 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1445 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1446 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1447 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1448 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1449 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1451 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1452 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1454 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1455 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1456 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1457 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1459 unsigned int vernum
;
1460 const char *version_string
;
1462 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1465 version_string
= "";
1466 else if (vernum
== 1)
1467 version_string
= "Base";
1468 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1473 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1475 version_string
= "";
1476 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1480 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1482 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1484 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1486 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1493 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1494 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1499 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1500 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1505 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1506 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1511 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1512 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1513 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1515 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1517 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1520 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1526 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1528 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1529 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1531 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1533 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1538 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1539 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1540 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1542 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1549 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1551 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1554 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1557 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1558 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1561 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1564 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1565 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1566 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1571 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1572 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1575 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1578 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1579 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1580 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1581 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1582 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1583 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1584 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1585 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1586 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1587 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1589 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1590 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1592 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1594 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1595 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1596 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1599 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1600 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1601 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1603 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1608 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1610 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1612 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1614 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1615 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1616 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1617 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1619 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1620 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1624 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1626 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1627 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1629 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1630 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1632 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1640 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1641 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1644 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1646 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1648 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1649 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1650 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1651 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1652 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1654 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1655 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1656 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1657 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1658 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1660 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1661 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1662 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1666 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1667 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1668 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1669 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1671 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1673 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1674 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1676 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1677 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1678 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1682 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1685 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1686 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1690 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1694 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1695 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1698 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1701 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1703 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1704 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1706 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1707 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1708 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1710 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1711 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1714 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1715 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1716 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1717 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1720 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1721 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1723 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1725 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1726 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1729 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1733 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1740 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1741 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1742 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1744 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1748 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1749 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1750 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1751 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1753 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1755 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1756 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1759 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1761 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1764 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1766 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1768 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1769 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1773 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1777 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1779 asection
*target_sect
;
1780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1781 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1782 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1786 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1787 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1790 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1791 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1793 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1794 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1795 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1796 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1800 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1801 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1802 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1803 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1804 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1805 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1806 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1808 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1809 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1810 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1811 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1817 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1819 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1820 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1831 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1834 /* Get the symbol table. */
1835 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1836 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1837 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1840 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1841 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1842 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1843 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1844 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1845 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1846 sh_link points to the null section. */
1847 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1848 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1849 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1850 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1851 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1852 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1853 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1856 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1858 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1859 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1862 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1863 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1864 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1866 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1868 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1869 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1870 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1875 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1876 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1877 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1878 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1879 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1880 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1881 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1882 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1884 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1885 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1887 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1891 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1892 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1893 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1894 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1896 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1897 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1899 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1901 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1903 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1904 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1905 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1906 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1912 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
))
1914 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1916 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1918 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1919 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1922 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1923 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1924 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1926 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1928 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1932 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1933 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1934 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1936 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1944 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1945 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1946 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1948 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1950 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1954 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1955 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1958 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1960 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1961 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1962 for applications? */
1963 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1964 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1965 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1966 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1968 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1969 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1972 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1973 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1974 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1975 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1976 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1978 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1979 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1981 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1982 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1983 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1984 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1985 be rejected with an error message. */
1986 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1987 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1989 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1991 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1995 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1996 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1997 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1998 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2006 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2009 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2011 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2013 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2015 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2018 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2019 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2021 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2022 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2023 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2026 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2028 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2031 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2034 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2037 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2041 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2043 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2045 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2048 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2050 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2051 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2054 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2057 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2060 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2064 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2066 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2067 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2072 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2075 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2077 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2078 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2079 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2082 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2093 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2096 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2099 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2107 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2110 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2113 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2119 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2120 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2123 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2127 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2133 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2136 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2143 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2144 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2145 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2146 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2147 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2155 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2158 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2160 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2164 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2167 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2169 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2170 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2171 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2173 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2174 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2175 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2176 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2179 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2181 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2183 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2185 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2186 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2187 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2193 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2196 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2197 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2198 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2204 len
= strlen (name
);
2206 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2209 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2211 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2213 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2216 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2217 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2219 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2221 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2223 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2224 && (suffix_len
== -2
2225 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2231 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2233 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2234 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2244 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2245 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2248 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2249 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2251 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2252 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2255 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2256 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2259 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2260 bed
->special_sections
,
2266 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2269 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2270 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2273 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2278 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2282 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2284 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2285 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2286 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2288 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2291 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2295 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2298 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2299 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2300 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2302 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2303 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2304 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2305 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2306 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2307 elf_fake_sections. */
2308 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2309 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2311 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2314 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2315 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2319 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2322 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2324 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2325 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2326 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2327 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2329 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2330 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2331 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2332 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2333 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2334 of combined data+bss.
2336 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2337 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2338 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2339 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2340 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2345 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2346 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2348 const char *type_name
)
2356 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2357 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2358 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2360 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2362 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2363 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2364 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2367 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2368 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2369 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2371 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2372 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2373 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2374 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2375 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2376 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2377 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2379 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2380 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2381 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2383 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2385 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2388 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2390 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2394 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2398 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2399 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2400 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2403 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2404 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2405 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2407 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2408 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2409 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2410 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2411 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2412 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2413 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2414 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2415 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2417 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2418 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2419 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2420 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2421 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2422 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2423 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2425 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2426 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2427 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2429 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2430 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2437 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2439 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2441 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2444 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2447 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2450 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2453 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2456 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2458 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2463 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2466 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2468 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2469 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2479 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2480 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2481 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2485 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2489 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2491 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2493 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2494 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2497 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2500 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2501 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2502 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2506 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2507 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2509 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2511 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2513 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2516 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2517 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2518 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2519 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2521 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2522 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2525 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2527 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2529 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2531 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2532 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2533 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2534 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2535 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2536 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2537 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2538 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2539 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2544 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2547 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2549 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2550 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2552 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2555 struct fake_section_arg
2557 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2561 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2564 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2566 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2567 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2568 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2569 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2570 unsigned int sh_type
;
2574 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2579 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2581 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2582 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2583 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2589 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2591 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2592 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2593 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2595 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2597 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2598 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2599 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2600 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2601 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2602 copy_private_section_data. */
2604 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2605 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2607 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2609 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2610 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2612 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2614 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2615 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2616 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2617 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2618 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2620 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2621 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2622 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2623 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2624 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2625 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2626 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2629 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2635 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2636 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2637 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2644 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2648 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2652 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2656 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2657 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2661 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2662 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2665 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2666 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2669 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2670 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2671 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2672 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2674 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2675 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2677 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2678 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2681 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2682 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2683 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2684 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2686 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2687 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2689 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2690 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2694 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2698 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2702 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2703 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2704 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2705 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2706 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2707 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2708 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2710 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2711 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2712 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2713 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2715 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2716 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2717 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2719 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2720 if (asect
->size
== 0
2721 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2723 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2725 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2728 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2729 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2730 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2734 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2735 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2737 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2738 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2739 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2740 create the other. */
2741 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2743 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2746 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2747 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2748 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2750 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2751 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2756 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2757 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2763 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2765 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2771 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2772 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2773 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2774 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2777 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2779 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2780 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2781 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2785 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2786 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2787 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2788 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2791 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2793 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2794 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2798 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2800 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2804 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2806 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2808 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2810 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2811 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2815 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2816 elf_section_syms. */
2817 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2818 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2820 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2822 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2824 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2825 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2826 set until all local symbols are output. */
2827 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2828 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2829 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2830 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2831 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2833 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2837 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2838 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2840 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2841 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2842 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2843 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2845 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2848 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2850 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2853 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2855 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2856 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2857 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2864 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2866 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2867 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2868 start of the input section group. */
2869 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2871 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2872 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2873 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2874 directives, not that it matters. */
2881 s
= s
->output_section
;
2883 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2885 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2888 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2890 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2895 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2898 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2901 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2902 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2903 in here too, while we're at it. */
2906 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2908 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2910 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2911 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2912 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2913 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2917 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2919 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2920 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2922 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2923 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2925 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2927 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2929 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2931 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2932 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2933 abfd
->section_count
--;
2936 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2941 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2943 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2945 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2946 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2947 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2950 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2951 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2958 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2959 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2965 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2966 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2967 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2969 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2970 || (link_info
== NULL
2971 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
2975 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
2976 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2977 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
2979 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
2980 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
2981 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2982 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
2983 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2986 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
2987 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2990 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2991 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2993 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
2994 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
2996 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2998 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
2999 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3000 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3003 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3004 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3005 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3007 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3011 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3013 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3016 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3017 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3019 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3020 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3022 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3023 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3026 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3031 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3033 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3034 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3035 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3036 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3037 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3039 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3041 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3042 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3043 the relocation entries apply. */
3044 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3046 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3047 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3049 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3051 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3052 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3055 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3056 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3058 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3061 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3062 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3064 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3065 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3068 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3069 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3070 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3072 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3073 size as the discarded one. */
3074 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3077 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3083 s
= s
->output_section
;
3084 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3088 /* Handle objcopy. */
3089 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3091 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3092 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3093 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3094 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3097 s
= s
->output_section
;
3099 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3104 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3105 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3106 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3108 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3109 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3110 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3111 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3112 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3117 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3121 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3122 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3123 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3124 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3125 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3126 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3127 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3129 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3131 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3133 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3137 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3139 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3143 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3144 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3145 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3146 field to point to this section. */
3147 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3148 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3153 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3154 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3157 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3158 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3159 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3163 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3165 /* This is a .stab section. */
3166 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3167 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3168 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3175 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3176 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3177 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3178 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3180 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3182 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3185 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3186 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3187 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3188 the version strings. */
3189 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3190 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3192 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3197 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3198 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3199 this hash table or version table is for. */
3200 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3202 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3206 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3210 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3211 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3212 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3214 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3215 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3219 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3220 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3223 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3225 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3226 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3227 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3228 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3230 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3231 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3232 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3235 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3239 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3241 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3242 && !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3243 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3244 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)));
3248 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3250 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3251 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3252 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3253 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3254 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3255 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3256 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3263 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3267 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3269 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3270 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3274 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3275 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3277 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3278 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3280 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3281 decided to output. */
3282 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3284 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3286 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3288 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3290 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3292 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3293 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3295 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3299 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3300 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3302 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3304 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3310 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3311 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3312 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3313 at least in that case. */
3314 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3316 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3318 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3325 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3326 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3327 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3329 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3332 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3334 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3337 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3339 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3342 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3344 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3346 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3348 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3350 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3353 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3354 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3357 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3359 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3363 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3365 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3366 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3370 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3371 ELF data structure. */
3373 static inline file_ptr
3374 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3376 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3379 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3380 required section alignment. */
3383 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3387 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3388 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3389 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3390 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3391 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3392 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3393 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3397 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3398 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3399 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3402 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3403 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3405 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3406 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3408 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3409 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3410 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3412 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3415 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3416 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3417 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3419 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3422 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3423 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3424 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3426 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3427 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3428 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3432 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3435 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3436 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3437 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3438 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3442 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3443 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3445 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3450 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3452 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3457 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3458 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3459 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3460 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3461 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3462 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3463 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3464 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3465 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3466 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3467 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3469 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3475 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3477 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3479 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3480 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3482 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3483 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3484 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3486 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3487 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3489 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3491 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3493 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3494 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3496 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3499 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3504 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3505 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3507 static bfd_size_type
3508 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3512 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3514 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3515 and one for data. */
3518 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3519 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3521 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3522 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3523 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3528 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3530 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3534 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3536 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3540 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3542 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3546 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3548 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3552 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3554 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3555 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3557 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3559 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3560 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3561 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3562 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3563 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3564 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3566 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3567 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3568 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3569 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3570 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3575 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3577 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3579 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3585 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3586 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3587 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3591 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3597 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3600 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3603 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3605 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3606 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3608 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3609 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3615 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3616 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3623 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3625 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3626 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3627 asection
**sections
,
3632 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3637 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3638 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3639 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3643 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3644 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3645 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3646 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3648 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3650 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3651 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3652 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3658 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3661 struct elf_segment_map
*
3662 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3664 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3666 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3667 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3671 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3673 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3678 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3681 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3682 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3683 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3685 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3686 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3688 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3689 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3690 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3691 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3693 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3696 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3698 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3700 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3701 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3702 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3704 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3708 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3710 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3716 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3717 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3719 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3726 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3729 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3732 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3733 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3735 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3737 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3738 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3742 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3743 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3746 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3747 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3749 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3750 bfd_boolean writable
;
3752 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3753 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3755 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3757 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3759 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3760 sizeof (asection
*));
3761 if (sections
== NULL
)
3764 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3765 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3767 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3768 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3771 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3773 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3777 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3778 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3779 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3782 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3785 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3787 /* Build the mapping. */
3792 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3793 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3795 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3796 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3798 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3799 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3803 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3804 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3805 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3806 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3807 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3812 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3813 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3817 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3825 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3826 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3827 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3831 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3833 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3835 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3838 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3839 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3840 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3841 program headers we will need. */
3844 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3846 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3847 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3848 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3849 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3850 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3851 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3852 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3853 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3856 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3859 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3863 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3866 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3868 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3869 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3870 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3872 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3874 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3875 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3879 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3880 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3882 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3883 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3886 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3887 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3888 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3889 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3890 section can be included in the current segment. */
3891 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3893 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3896 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3897 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3900 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3901 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3903 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3904 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3905 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3908 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3910 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3911 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3912 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3913 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3916 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3917 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3918 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3920 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3921 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3922 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3923 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3924 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3925 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3926 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3931 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3932 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3935 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3936 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3938 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3940 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3946 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3949 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3950 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3951 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3952 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3958 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3959 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3961 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3968 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3974 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3975 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3976 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3980 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3983 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3984 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
3986 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3994 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3997 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4004 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4005 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4006 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4007 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4008 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4010 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4012 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4013 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4018 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4019 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4020 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4022 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4023 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4024 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4025 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4031 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4032 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4036 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4040 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4041 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4044 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4045 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4049 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4057 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4060 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4061 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4062 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4067 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4068 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4070 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4071 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4073 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4074 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4075 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4082 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4084 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4085 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4086 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4088 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4089 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4093 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4095 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4101 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4103 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4104 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4108 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4109 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4110 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4116 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4118 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4120 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4122 asection
*last
= m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1];
4123 bfd_vma vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4124 bfd_vma filesz
= last
->vma
- vaddr
+ last
->size
;
4126 if (vaddr
< info
->relro_end
4127 && vaddr
>= info
->relro_start
4128 && (vaddr
+ filesz
) >= info
->relro_end
)
4133 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4136 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4137 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4141 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4143 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4151 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4154 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4157 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4159 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4164 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4169 /* Sort sections by address. */
4172 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4174 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4175 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4176 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4178 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4179 place the section into a segment. */
4180 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4182 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4185 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4186 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4187 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4189 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4192 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4194 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4200 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4201 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4202 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4203 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4208 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4213 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4214 before others at the same address. */
4216 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4217 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4224 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4227 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4229 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4230 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4231 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4232 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4233 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4236 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4237 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4239 /* In other words, something like:
4241 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4242 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4243 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4244 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4246 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4248 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4251 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4253 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4257 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4260 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4265 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4266 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4267 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4268 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4269 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4270 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4272 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4273 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4276 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4277 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4278 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4283 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4288 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4290 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4293 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4298 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4299 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4303 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4304 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4306 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4307 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4308 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4309 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4311 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4314 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4316 if (link_info
== NULL
4317 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4321 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4325 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4328 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4329 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4330 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4332 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4333 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4335 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4336 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4340 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4344 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4345 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4346 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4347 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4348 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4350 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4351 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4352 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4353 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4355 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4357 (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4358 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4359 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4364 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4365 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4367 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4368 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4369 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4375 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4377 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4381 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4383 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4384 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4385 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4386 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4387 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4389 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4390 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4391 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4394 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4395 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4396 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4397 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4398 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4399 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4400 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4405 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4407 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4408 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4409 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4412 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4414 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4415 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4417 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4418 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4419 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4420 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4421 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4422 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4423 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4425 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4426 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4428 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4430 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4431 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4432 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4433 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4437 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4439 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4442 bfd_size_type align
;
4443 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4445 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4449 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4451 unsigned int secalign
;
4453 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4454 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4455 align_power
= secalign
;
4457 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4458 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4459 align
= maxpagesize
;
4462 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4463 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4464 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4465 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4466 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4467 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4469 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4472 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4473 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4475 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4479 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4483 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4484 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4485 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4486 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4487 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4488 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4489 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4490 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4495 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4496 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4497 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4499 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4502 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4504 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4507 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4508 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4509 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4510 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4516 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4518 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4520 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4521 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4524 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4526 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4528 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4529 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4531 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4536 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4541 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4543 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4546 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4548 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4552 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4553 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4554 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4555 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4559 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4560 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4563 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4564 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4568 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4569 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4571 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4577 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4579 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4580 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4584 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4585 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4586 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4587 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4588 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4589 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4592 bfd_size_type align
;
4593 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4596 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4597 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4599 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4600 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4601 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4602 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4603 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4604 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4606 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4607 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4608 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4609 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4613 || p_end
< p_start
))
4615 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4616 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4617 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4621 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4623 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4625 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4627 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4628 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4630 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4631 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4635 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4639 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4641 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4645 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4646 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4647 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4653 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4662 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4664 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4665 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4666 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4669 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4671 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4672 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4673 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4674 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4675 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4676 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4678 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4680 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4681 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4683 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4685 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4686 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4689 if (align
> p
->p_align
4690 && !m
->p_align_valid
4691 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4692 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4696 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4699 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4701 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4707 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4708 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4709 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4711 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4713 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4714 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4715 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4716 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4717 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4718 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4720 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4725 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4727 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4730 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4731 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4732 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0))
4734 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4735 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4737 print_segment_map (m
);
4743 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4747 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4750 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4751 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4753 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4754 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4755 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4756 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4757 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4758 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4759 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4760 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4762 unsigned int num_sec
;
4766 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4767 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4768 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4769 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4771 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4775 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4776 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4777 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4778 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4779 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4780 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4782 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4783 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4785 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4787 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4788 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4789 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4790 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4793 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4795 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4798 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4799 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4800 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4801 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4802 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4803 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4805 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4808 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4809 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4813 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4815 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4816 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4821 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4824 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4826 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4827 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4829 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4831 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4832 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4833 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4835 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4836 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4841 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4845 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4847 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4849 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4851 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4853 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4855 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4857 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4858 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4859 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4860 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
)
4866 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4867 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4868 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4870 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4871 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
4876 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
4878 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4879 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4880 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4881 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4882 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4883 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
4884 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
4887 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4889 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4893 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4894 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4897 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
4899 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4900 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
4901 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4903 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4906 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4908 sect
= m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1];
4909 hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
4910 p
->p_filesz
= sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4911 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4912 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4913 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4916 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4918 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4919 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4920 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4922 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4924 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4925 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4926 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4930 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4935 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4936 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4937 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4939 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4940 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4941 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4942 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4943 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4944 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4945 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4947 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4950 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4951 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4953 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4954 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4956 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4958 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4959 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4961 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4962 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4963 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4966 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4967 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4969 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4970 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4971 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4972 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4974 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4977 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4978 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4979 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4980 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4981 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4983 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4986 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4993 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4994 assignment of sections to segments. */
4995 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4998 /* And for non-load sections. */
4999 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5002 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5004 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5008 /* Write out the program headers. */
5009 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5010 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5011 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5014 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
5017 /* Place the section headers. */
5018 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5019 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5020 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5022 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
5028 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5030 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5031 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5032 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5034 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5036 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5037 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5040 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5042 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5043 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5044 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5045 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5047 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5048 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5049 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5050 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5052 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5053 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5054 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5055 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5056 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5057 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5059 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5061 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5063 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5064 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5067 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5068 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5069 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5070 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5071 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5072 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5073 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5074 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5076 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5079 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5080 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5082 /* No program header, for now. */
5083 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5084 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5085 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5087 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5088 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5089 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5091 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5092 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5093 /* It all happens later. */
5097 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5098 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5101 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5102 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5103 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5104 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5105 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5106 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5107 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5108 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5109 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5115 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5116 of the loadable file image. */
5119 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5122 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5123 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5125 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5127 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5128 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5130 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5133 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5134 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5135 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5142 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5144 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5145 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5147 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5149 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5150 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5153 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5156 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5160 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5162 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5163 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5164 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5166 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5167 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5168 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5170 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5172 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5173 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5178 /* Write out the section header names. */
5179 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5180 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5181 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5184 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5185 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5186 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5188 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5191 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5192 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
)
5193 return (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5199 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5201 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5202 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5205 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5208 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5210 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5211 unsigned int sec_index
;
5213 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5214 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5215 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5217 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5218 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5219 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5220 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5221 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5222 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5224 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5226 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5227 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5229 int retval
= sec_index
;
5231 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5235 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5236 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5241 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5245 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5247 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5249 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5251 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5252 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5253 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5254 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5255 input sections rather than the output section. */
5256 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5257 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5258 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5263 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5264 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5265 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5266 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5267 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5268 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5269 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5272 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5276 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5277 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5278 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5279 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5280 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5288 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5289 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5297 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5300 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5302 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5303 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5304 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5305 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5306 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5309 unsigned int num_segments
;
5310 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5311 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5312 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5313 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5314 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5315 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5317 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5318 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5321 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5323 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5324 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5326 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5327 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5328 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5329 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5331 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5332 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5333 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5334 ? section->size : 0)
5336 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5337 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5338 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5339 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5340 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5341 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5343 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5344 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5345 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5346 (section->lma >= base \
5347 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5348 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5350 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5351 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5352 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5353 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5354 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5355 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5356 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5358 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5360 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5362 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5366 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5367 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5368 p_memsz set to 0. */
5369 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5371 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5372 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5373 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5374 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5376 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5377 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5378 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5380 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5381 A section will be included if:
5382 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5383 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5384 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5386 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5387 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5388 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5389 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5390 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5391 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5392 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5393 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5394 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5395 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5396 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5397 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5398 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5399 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5400 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5401 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5402 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5403 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5404 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5405 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5406 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5407 || (segment->p_paddr \
5408 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5409 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5410 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5412 && !section->segment_mark)
5414 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5415 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5416 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5417 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5418 && section->output_section != NULL)
5420 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5421 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5422 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5424 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5425 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5426 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5427 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5428 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5430 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5431 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5432 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5433 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5434 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5436 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5437 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5438 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5440 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5441 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5442 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5443 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5444 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5445 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5448 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5450 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5454 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5455 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5456 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5457 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5458 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5463 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5465 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5466 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5467 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5469 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5470 assignment code will work. */
5471 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5475 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5477 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5478 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5479 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5483 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5484 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5486 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5488 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5489 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5492 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5493 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5495 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5497 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5498 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5500 if (extra_length
> 0)
5502 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5503 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5506 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5508 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5510 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5515 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5517 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5518 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5520 if (extra_length
> 0)
5522 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5523 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5526 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5531 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5532 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5536 unsigned int section_count
;
5537 asection
**sections
;
5538 asection
*output_section
;
5540 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5541 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5544 asection
*first_section
;
5545 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5546 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5548 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5551 first_section
= NULL
;
5552 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5553 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5555 section
= section
->next
)
5557 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5558 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5559 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5561 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5562 first_section
= section
;
5563 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5568 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5569 all of the sections we have selected. */
5570 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5571 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5572 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5576 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5577 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5579 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5580 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5581 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5583 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5584 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5586 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5588 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5589 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5592 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5593 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5594 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5595 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5596 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5598 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5600 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5601 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5602 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5603 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5604 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5606 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5607 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5610 if (section_count
== 0)
5612 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5613 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5614 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5615 a warning is produced. */
5616 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5617 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5618 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5622 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5623 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5628 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5629 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5630 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5631 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5633 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5634 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5637 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5638 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5639 of the first section.
5641 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5642 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5643 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5644 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5645 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5647 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5648 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5649 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5650 or segments to contain the other sections.
5652 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5653 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5654 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5656 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5657 if (sections
== NULL
)
5660 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5661 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5662 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5663 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5664 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5669 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5670 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5672 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5674 section
= section
->next
)
5675 if (section
== first_section
)
5678 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5680 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5682 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5684 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5686 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5687 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5688 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5689 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5691 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5692 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5694 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5695 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5696 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5699 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5701 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5703 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5705 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5706 LMA address of the output section. */
5707 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5708 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5709 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5710 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5712 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5714 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5715 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5718 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5719 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5721 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5723 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5725 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5726 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5729 if (j
== section_count
)
5734 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5736 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5738 if (isec
== section_count
)
5740 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5741 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5742 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5743 program header in the input BFD. */
5744 map
->count
= section_count
;
5745 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5746 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5749 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5750 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5751 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5752 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5753 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5754 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5756 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5763 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5765 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5766 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5767 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5768 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5772 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5773 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5774 the LMA of the first section. */
5775 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5778 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5779 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5780 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5782 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5783 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5786 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5787 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5791 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5793 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5795 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5797 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5798 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5799 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5800 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5801 offset when we know the correct value. */
5802 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5803 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5806 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5810 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5811 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5812 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5813 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5814 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5815 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5822 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5824 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5825 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5827 section
= sections
[j
];
5829 if (section
== NULL
)
5832 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5834 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5836 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5837 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5839 if (map
->count
== 0)
5841 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5842 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5844 if (output_section
->lma
5846 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5847 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5848 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5856 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5858 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5859 and the start of this section is more than
5860 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5861 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5863 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5864 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
5865 > output_section
->lma
))
5867 if (first_suggested_lma
)
5869 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5870 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5877 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5880 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5882 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5884 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5885 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5889 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5891 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5892 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5893 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5895 if (isec
< section_count
)
5897 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5898 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5899 and carry on looping. */
5900 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5901 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5902 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5909 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5910 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5911 not yet been assigned. */
5913 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5914 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5915 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5916 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5917 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5918 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5919 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5922 while (isec
< section_count
);
5927 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5929 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5930 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5931 the offset if necessary. */
5932 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5936 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5939 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5940 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5941 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5946 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5947 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5949 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5950 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5951 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5952 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5953 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5954 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5958 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5961 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5963 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5964 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5965 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5966 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5967 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5969 unsigned int num_segments
;
5970 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5971 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5973 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5976 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5978 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
5979 map->p_paddr_valid. */
5980 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5981 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5982 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5985 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5987 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5991 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5996 unsigned int section_count
;
5998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5999 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6000 asection
*lowest_section
;
6002 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6003 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6005 section
= section
->next
)
6007 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6008 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6010 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6011 first_section
= section
;
6016 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6017 all of the sections we have selected. */
6018 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6019 if (section_count
!= 0)
6020 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6021 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6025 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6028 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6029 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6030 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6031 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6032 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6033 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6034 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6035 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6037 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6039 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6040 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6041 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6042 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6043 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6044 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6047 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6048 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6049 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6050 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6052 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6053 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6055 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6056 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6057 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6058 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6059 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6061 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6062 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6065 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6066 if (section_count
!= 0)
6068 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6070 for (section
= first_section
;
6072 section
= section
->next
)
6074 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6075 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6077 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6078 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6079 lowest_section
= section
;
6080 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6084 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6085 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6086 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6087 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6089 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6090 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6092 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6093 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6094 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6096 if (isec
== section_count
)
6102 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6103 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6104 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6106 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6107 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6108 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6109 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6110 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6111 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6113 map
->count
= section_count
;
6114 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6115 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6118 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6122 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6126 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6128 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6129 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6132 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6135 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6137 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6138 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6139 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6140 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6141 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6142 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6143 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6145 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6147 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6148 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6151 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6152 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6153 section
= section
->next
)
6154 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6156 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6157 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6161 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6162 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6163 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6164 map in this case. */
6165 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6166 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6167 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6170 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6171 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6173 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6174 from the input BFD. */
6175 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6177 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6179 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6180 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6181 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6183 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6184 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6186 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6187 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6188 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6189 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6190 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6191 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6197 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6199 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6200 section
= section
->next
)
6202 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6205 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6208 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6212 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6215 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6218 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6222 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6225 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6226 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6228 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6229 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6232 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6233 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6234 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6235 that the linker clears to differ. */
6236 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6237 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6239 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6240 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6241 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6243 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6244 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6245 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6247 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6248 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6249 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6250 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6253 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6254 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6256 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6257 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6258 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6259 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6263 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6265 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6266 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6267 may be NULL at this point. */
6268 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6270 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6271 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6272 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6275 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6280 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6281 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6284 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6289 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6291 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6292 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6295 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6296 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6298 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6300 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6301 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6302 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6303 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6304 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6306 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6310 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6311 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6312 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6313 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6314 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6318 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6322 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6323 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6325 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6326 asection
*s
= first
;
6327 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6331 /* If this member section is being output but the
6332 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6333 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6334 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6335 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6337 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6338 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6340 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6341 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6342 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6343 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6345 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6351 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6353 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6354 adjust the input section size. This function may
6355 be called multiple times, so save the original
6357 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6358 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6359 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6363 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6365 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6373 /* Copy private header information. */
6376 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6378 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6379 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6382 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6383 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6384 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6385 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6386 already been worked out. */
6387 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6389 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6393 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6396 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6397 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6398 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6399 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6400 swap_out_syms function. */
6402 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6403 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6404 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6405 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6406 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6409 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6414 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6416 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6417 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6420 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6421 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6424 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6426 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6430 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6431 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6432 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6433 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6434 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6435 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6437 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6438 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6439 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6440 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6441 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6447 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6450 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6451 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6454 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6457 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6458 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6459 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6460 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6461 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6462 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6465 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6467 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6470 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6471 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6475 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6476 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6477 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6478 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6479 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6480 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6481 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6482 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6484 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6485 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6487 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6488 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6489 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6491 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6494 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6496 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6497 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6498 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6500 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6501 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6502 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6503 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6505 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6509 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6510 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6511 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6512 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6513 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6516 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6518 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6519 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6525 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6526 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6527 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6528 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6529 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6533 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6534 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6536 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6537 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6539 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6540 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6541 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6542 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6545 if (!name_local_sections
6546 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6548 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6553 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6556 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6558 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6563 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6565 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6566 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6568 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6569 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6570 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6571 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6572 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6573 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6574 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6576 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6577 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6578 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6582 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6585 if (sec
->output_section
)
6587 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6588 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6591 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6592 if (! relocatable_p
)
6594 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6595 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6597 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6599 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6601 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6602 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6603 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6604 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6608 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6611 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6614 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6617 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6620 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6628 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6630 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6634 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6635 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6636 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6637 demand of applications. For example, it
6638 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6639 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6640 actually in the output file. */
6641 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6644 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6645 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6646 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6648 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6649 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6653 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6654 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6658 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6661 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6663 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6664 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6665 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6667 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6669 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6671 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6676 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6679 /* Processor-specific types. */
6680 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6681 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6682 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6683 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6685 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6687 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6688 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6690 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6692 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6694 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6695 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6696 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6699 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6701 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6702 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6706 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6707 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6710 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6712 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6714 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6715 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6716 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6718 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6721 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6724 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6725 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6729 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6730 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6731 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6732 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6736 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6737 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6739 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6740 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6741 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6742 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6743 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6744 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6749 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6751 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6752 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6753 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6756 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6762 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6763 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6765 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6771 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6775 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6777 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6779 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6783 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6784 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6786 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6792 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6795 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6798 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6801 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6808 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6810 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6813 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6814 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6815 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6819 return section
->reloc_count
;
6823 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6825 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6826 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6829 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6834 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6835 asymbol
**allocation
)
6837 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6838 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6841 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6845 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6846 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6847 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6848 dynamic reloc section. */
6851 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6856 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6858 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6862 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6863 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6864 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6865 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6866 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6867 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6868 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6873 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6874 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6875 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6876 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6877 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6878 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6879 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6882 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6886 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6890 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6892 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6896 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6898 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6900 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6901 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6902 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6907 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6909 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6911 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6922 /* Read in the version information. */
6925 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6927 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6928 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6930 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6932 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6933 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6934 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6936 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6938 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6940 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
6941 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6942 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6945 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6947 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6948 if (contents
== NULL
)
6950 error_return_verref
:
6951 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6952 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6955 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6956 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6957 goto error_return_verref
;
6959 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6960 goto error_return_verref
;
6962 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6963 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6964 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6965 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6966 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6967 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6969 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6970 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6973 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6975 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6977 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6978 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6980 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6981 goto error_return_verref
;
6983 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6984 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6987 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
6988 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6989 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6990 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6991 goto error_return_verref
;
6994 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6995 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6996 goto error_return_verref
;
6998 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6999 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7000 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7001 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7003 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7005 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7006 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7007 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7008 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7009 goto error_return_verref
;
7011 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7012 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7014 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7016 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7017 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7018 goto error_return_verref
;
7020 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7021 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7023 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7024 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7027 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7028 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7030 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7032 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7033 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7034 goto error_return_verref
;
7036 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7037 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7044 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7046 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7047 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7048 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7049 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7050 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7052 unsigned int maxidx
;
7053 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7055 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7057 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7058 if (contents
== NULL
)
7060 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7061 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7064 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7067 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7068 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7069 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7070 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7071 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7072 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7074 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7075 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7077 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7079 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7081 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7083 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7084 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7086 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7087 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7090 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7091 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7094 if (default_imported_symver
)
7096 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7101 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7102 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7103 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7106 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7108 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7109 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7110 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7113 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7116 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7118 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7120 error_return_verdef
:
7121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7122 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7126 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7127 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7129 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7131 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7132 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7135 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7136 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7137 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7138 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7139 goto error_return_verdef
;
7143 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7144 goto error_return_verdef
;
7146 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7147 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7148 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7149 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7151 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7153 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7154 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7155 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7156 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7157 goto error_return_verdef
;
7159 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7160 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7162 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7164 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7165 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7166 goto error_return_verdef
;
7168 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7169 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7172 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7173 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7175 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7176 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7178 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7180 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7181 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7187 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7195 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7196 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7199 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7202 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7203 if (default_imported_symver
)
7205 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7206 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7208 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
7210 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7211 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7212 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7213 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7215 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7217 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7218 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7219 goto error_return_verdef
;
7220 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7221 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7222 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7223 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7224 goto error_return_verdef
;
7226 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7227 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7228 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7234 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7240 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7242 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7243 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7245 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7250 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7251 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7256 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7260 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7263 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7264 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7268 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7271 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7272 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7275 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7276 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7277 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7280 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7281 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7282 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7283 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7284 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7285 we treat such symbols as local. */
7286 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7293 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7294 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7301 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7302 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7303 unsigned long machine
)
7305 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7306 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7307 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7308 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7309 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7312 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7315 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7316 for error reporting. */
7319 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7323 const char **filename_ptr
,
7324 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7326 const char *filename
;
7327 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
7330 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7331 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7332 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7333 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7334 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7335 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7336 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7337 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7338 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7345 state
= nothing_seen
;
7347 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7352 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
7354 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
);
7359 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7360 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7363 if (!bed
->is_function_type (type
))
7366 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7367 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7368 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7370 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7371 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7374 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7375 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7376 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7380 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7381 state
= symbol_seen
;
7388 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7389 if (functionname_ptr
)
7390 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7395 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7396 for error reporting. */
7399 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7403 const char **filename_ptr
,
7404 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7405 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7409 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7410 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7413 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7414 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7415 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7421 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7422 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7424 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7426 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7427 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7428 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7434 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7435 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7436 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7437 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7439 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7442 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7445 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7446 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7453 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7456 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7457 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7459 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7460 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7461 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7464 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7465 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7466 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7467 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7468 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7471 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7472 const char **filename_ptr
,
7473 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7474 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7477 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7478 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7479 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7484 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7486 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7487 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7489 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7491 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7493 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7495 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7498 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7499 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7502 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7505 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7513 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7515 const void *location
,
7517 bfd_size_type count
)
7519 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7522 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7523 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7526 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7527 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7528 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7529 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7536 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7537 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7538 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7543 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7546 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7548 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7550 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7552 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7553 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7555 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7556 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7558 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7560 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7563 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7566 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7569 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7572 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7575 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7578 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7584 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7586 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7588 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7589 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7591 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7596 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7602 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7605 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7608 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7611 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7614 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7620 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7624 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7632 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7633 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7634 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7635 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7640 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7642 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7644 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7645 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7646 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7649 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7652 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7653 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7654 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7657 bfd_reloc_status_type
7658 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7659 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7660 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7661 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7662 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7664 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7667 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7668 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7669 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7670 out details about the corefile. */
7672 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7673 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7674 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7675 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7678 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7679 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7682 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7686 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
;
7688 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
;
7693 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7694 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7695 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7699 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7703 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7706 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7710 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7711 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7712 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7716 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7717 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7718 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7719 such a section already exists.
7720 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7721 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7722 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7724 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7730 char *threaded_name
;
7734 /* Build the section name. */
7736 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7737 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7738 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7739 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7741 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7743 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7748 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7749 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7751 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7754 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7756 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7760 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7763 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7768 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7772 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7773 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7774 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7776 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7777 has already been set by another thread. */
7778 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7779 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7780 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7781 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7783 /* pr_who exists on:
7786 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7789 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7790 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7792 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7795 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7796 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7798 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7799 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7801 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7802 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7803 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7805 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7806 has already been set by another thread. */
7807 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7808 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7809 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7810 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7812 /* pr_who exists on:
7815 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7818 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7819 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7821 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7824 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7827 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7828 note size (ie. data object type). */
7832 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7833 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7834 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7836 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7838 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7840 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7842 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7844 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7845 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7848 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7849 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7850 data structure apart. */
7853 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7855 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7858 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7859 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7863 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7865 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7868 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
7869 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
7870 contents literally. */
7873 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7875 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
7879 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7881 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
7885 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7887 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
7891 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7893 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
7897 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7899 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
7903 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7905 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
7909 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7911 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
7915 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7917 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
7921 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7923 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
7926 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7927 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7928 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7929 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7933 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7934 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7935 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7936 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7940 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7941 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7942 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7945 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7948 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7956 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7960 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7966 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7968 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7970 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7972 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7974 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7976 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7977 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7978 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7980 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7981 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7982 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7984 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7985 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7987 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7988 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7990 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7992 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7993 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7994 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7996 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7997 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7998 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8004 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8005 note size (ie. data object type). */
8009 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8010 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8011 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8014 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
8015 int n
= strlen (command
);
8017 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8018 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8023 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8025 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8027 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8029 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8030 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8031 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8037 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8039 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8041 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8042 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8044 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8047 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8049 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8052 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8053 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8054 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8058 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8060 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8062 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8064 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8070 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8071 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8072 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8077 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8079 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8080 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8082 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8083 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8085 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8087 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8088 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8089 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8092 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8094 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8098 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8099 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8100 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8101 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8104 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8105 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8106 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8109 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8111 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8114 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8116 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8117 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8118 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8121 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8123 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8127 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8128 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8129 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8130 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8133 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8134 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8135 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8138 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8140 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8142 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8145 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8152 int is_active_thread
;
8155 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8158 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8161 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8165 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8166 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8167 /* process_info.pid */
8168 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8169 /* process_info.signal */
8170 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8173 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8174 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8175 /* thread_info.tid */
8176 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8178 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8179 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8183 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8185 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8189 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8191 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8192 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8193 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8195 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8196 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8198 if (is_active_thread
)
8199 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8203 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8204 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8205 /* module_info.base_address */
8206 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8207 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8209 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8210 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8214 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8216 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8221 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8222 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8223 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8234 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8236 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8244 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8245 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8247 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8248 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8253 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8255 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8258 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8260 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8263 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8264 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8266 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8267 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8269 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8270 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8271 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8272 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8276 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8277 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8278 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8279 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8284 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8285 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8286 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8291 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8292 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8293 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8297 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8298 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8299 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8300 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8305 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8306 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8307 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8311 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8312 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8313 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8314 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8318 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8319 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8320 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8321 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8326 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8327 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8328 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8332 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8333 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8334 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8335 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8341 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8342 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8344 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8345 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8352 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8357 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8358 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8359 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8367 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8369 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id_size
= note
->descsz
;
8370 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, note
->descsz
);
8371 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
== NULL
)
8374 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8380 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8387 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8388 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8393 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8397 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8400 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8407 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8409 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8410 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8411 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8413 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8414 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8415 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8417 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8418 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8419 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8421 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8426 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8430 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8431 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8433 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8435 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8436 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8437 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8438 creates a core file. */
8440 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8443 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8444 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8445 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8448 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8452 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8454 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8455 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8457 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8458 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8461 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8462 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8464 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8465 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8471 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8472 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8477 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8478 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8480 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8481 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8491 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8493 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8494 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8495 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8497 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8498 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8499 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8501 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8502 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8503 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8509 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8511 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8512 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8514 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8515 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8517 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8518 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8520 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8521 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8523 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8525 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8530 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8531 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8532 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8537 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8539 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8544 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8545 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8546 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8555 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8557 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8564 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8567 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8568 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8570 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8571 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8573 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8574 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8576 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8580 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8581 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8582 thread just in case. */
8583 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8584 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8586 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8587 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8589 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8594 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8598 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8599 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8600 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8602 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8606 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8607 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8615 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8616 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8618 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8623 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8627 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8628 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8629 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8631 /* This is the current thread. */
8632 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8633 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8638 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8639 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8640 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8641 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8644 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8646 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8647 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8649 static long tid
= 1;
8653 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8654 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8655 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8656 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8657 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8658 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8659 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8660 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8667 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8673 /* Use note name as section name. */
8675 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8678 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
8679 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
8681 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8685 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8686 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8687 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
8692 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8695 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8699 size of data for note
8701 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8702 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8703 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8704 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8707 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8710 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8718 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8725 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8727 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8729 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8732 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8733 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8734 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8735 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8736 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8737 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8741 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8749 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8759 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8761 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8767 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8768 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8770 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8773 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8774 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
8779 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8780 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8782 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8784 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8787 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8790 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8791 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8792 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8793 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8794 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8799 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8801 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8804 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8807 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8808 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8809 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8810 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8811 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8814 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8816 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8818 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8825 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8826 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8828 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8831 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8833 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
8838 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8839 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8841 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8843 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8844 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8845 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8846 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8847 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8848 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8855 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8856 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8857 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8858 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8859 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8860 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8863 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8865 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8867 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8874 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8875 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8877 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8878 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8879 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8880 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8881 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8882 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8884 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8885 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8887 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8888 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8891 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8892 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8894 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8896 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8898 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8902 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8903 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8905 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8906 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8907 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8909 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8913 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8914 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8915 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8916 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8924 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8925 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8926 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8927 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8931 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8934 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8940 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8941 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8942 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8946 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8949 const void *xfpregs
,
8952 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8953 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8954 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8958 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
8959 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
8961 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8962 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8963 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
8967 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
8970 const void *ppc_vmx
,
8973 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8974 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8975 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
8979 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
8982 const void *ppc_vsx
,
8985 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8986 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8987 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
8991 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
8994 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
8997 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8998 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8999 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9000 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9004 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9007 const void *s390_timer
,
9010 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9011 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9012 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9016 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9019 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9022 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9023 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9024 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9028 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9031 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9034 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9035 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9036 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9040 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9043 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9046 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9047 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9048 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9052 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9055 const void *s390_prefix
,
9058 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9059 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9060 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9064 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9067 const char *section
,
9071 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9072 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9073 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9074 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9075 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9076 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9077 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9078 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9079 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9080 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9081 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9082 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9083 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9084 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9085 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9086 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9087 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9088 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9089 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9090 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9091 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9092 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9097 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9102 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9104 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9105 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9106 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9108 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9111 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9113 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9114 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9115 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9118 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9119 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9120 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9122 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9123 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9126 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9132 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9134 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9137 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9139 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9142 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9144 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9147 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9149 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9154 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9160 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9162 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9168 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9175 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9182 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9185 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9189 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9190 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9200 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9202 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9203 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9204 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9207 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9209 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9211 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9215 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9218 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9219 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9220 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9221 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9223 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9224 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9227 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9231 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9233 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9237 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9238 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9239 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9244 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9245 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9247 return reloc_class_normal
;
9250 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9251 relocation against a local symbol. */
9254 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9255 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9257 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9259 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9262 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9263 + sec
->output_offset
9265 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9266 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9267 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9270 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9271 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9272 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9275 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9276 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9277 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9278 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9279 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9280 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9281 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9284 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9285 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9291 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9292 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9296 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9298 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9299 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9301 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9302 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9303 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9307 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9308 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9312 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9314 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9315 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9317 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9318 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9324 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9325 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9326 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9327 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9328 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9329 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9331 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9332 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9333 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9334 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9335 the remote memory. */
9338 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9342 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
9344 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9345 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9349 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9350 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9351 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9356 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9359 const char *relplt_name
;
9360 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9370 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9373 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9376 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9379 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9380 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9381 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9382 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9386 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9387 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9388 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9391 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9395 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9396 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9399 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9400 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9401 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9402 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9404 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9408 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9410 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9415 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9419 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9420 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9422 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9427 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9428 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9431 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9432 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9433 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9434 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9435 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9436 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9438 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9441 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9442 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9448 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9449 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9450 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9451 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9454 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
9457 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9458 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
9465 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9466 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9467 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9468 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9471 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9472 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9474 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9476 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9478 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
9480 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9481 osabi field to ELFOSABI_LINUX if the binary contains symbols of
9482 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type. */
9483 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9484 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_ifunc_symbols
)
9485 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_LINUX
;
9489 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9490 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9491 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9494 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
9496 return (type
== STT_FUNC
9497 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);